बोध पायम prabodh course -...

60
1 बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE कट : 1 / KIT : 1 पाठ : 1 से 25 Lesson - 1 to 25 अगत - कट - August - KIT कय हंद शण संथान पाचार पायम कं ध (हंद) राजभाषा वभाग, ग ह मंालय 2-ए, प वीराज रोड, नई दल-110011 Central Hindi Training Institute CORRESPONDENCE COURSE WING (HINDI) Department of Official Language Ministry of Home Affairs 2-A, Prithvi Raj Road New Delhi-110011 [email protected] Phone No. 011-23017203 Fax No. 011-23017203 To download this Kit: http://chti.rajbhasha.gov.in/?9600?21

Upload: others

Post on 21-Sep-2019

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

1

बोध पायम

PRABODH COURSE कट 1 KIT 1

पाठ 1 स 25

Lesson - 1 to 25

अगत - कट - August - KIT

क य हद शण सथान

पाचार पायम कध (हद)

राजभाषा वभाग गह मालय

2-ए पवीराज रोड नई दल-110011

Central Hindi Training Institute

CORRESPONDENCE COURSE WING (HINDI)

Department of Official Language

Ministry of Home Affairs

2-A Prithvi Raj Road

New Delhi-110011

Email-adptracharchti-dolnicin

Phone No 011-23017203

Fax No 011-23017203

To download this Kit

httpchtirajbhashagovin960021

2

CONTENTS

SNo

1 From the Directors Desk

2 A Word with the Student

3 Script Chart

4 Chapter on lsquolsquoThorough comprehension of Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrsquorsquo

Supplementary Material

5 Lessons 1 - 25

3

FROM THE DIRECTORrsquoS DESK

Correspondence Course Wing (Hindi)

Central Hindi Training Institute

Department of Official Language

(Ministry of Home Affairs)

2-A Prithvi Raj Road

New Delhi-110011

Dear Trainee

You are welcome to the Prabodh Correspondence Course

You will find here-with the First lesson-despatch Thereafter you will

receivesubsequent lessonunits every month till March next which will be the

last despatch before your examinations start in May The lesson will be

mailed to you in the first week of every month

Each despatch will be accompanied by Response-sheets which are to

be attempted by you and returned to us for evaluation We attach rather

greater importance to your attempt on the Response-Sheets and in fact it is

only on the basis of your performance in the Response-sheets that we are

able to provide you the proper guidance and further remedial material for

improvement Hence I advise you to be regular in sending your Respose-

Sheets for evaluation from the very beginning itself Marks obtained by you

in these Response-sheets will be counted for Internal Assessment at the time

of final examination

I would like to stress here that since the course of study stipulated for

the Prabodh course is quite large you will be required to put in hard work

and be regular in studying the lessons sent to you Our lesson despatch

may at times contain supplementary study material also in order to complete

the prescribed course in time

Once again I welcome you to this course and hope that our

programme will inculcate in you a new enthusiasm to learn Hindi and to use

it more and more in your official work

Yours Sincerely

(DR JAI PRAKASH KARDAM)

Director

4

A WORD WITH THE STUDENT

(Guidelines for Study)

Dear Student

Through this note we wish to let you know how we intend to plan our

teaching and in turn how we expect you to proceed with our plan Learning

a language through correspondence is a difficult task and laxity or

carelessness on your part in keeping up planschedule at any stage might

have an adverse effect in your progress Your success in making satisfactory

progress will largely depend upon how regular and consistent you are in

attending to our lessons and sending us your Response-Sheets as this will

help us to keep a constant watch on your progress and to provide you

regular and proper guidance

WHAT WILL OUR DESPATCH CONTAIN

You will receive our instructional material every month Our monthly

despatch will consist of (a) a kit containing lessons (b) their respective

response-sheets and (c) supplementary and ancillary material whenever

necessary

(a) Lesson Unit A lesson-unit will contain study material for you for one

month Sentence-patterns vocabulary and sounds introduced in a

particular lesson are shown prominently at the very beginning of the

lesson for your convenience Some of the initial lesson-units are

concluded by a section named SUMMARY It may contain a tabloid gist

of the lesson review material pronunciation drill or other practice

material

(b) Response-Sheet Each lesson unit will be accompanied by response-

sheet containing elaborate excercises and questions to be attempted by

you This will enable you to actually participate in the process of

learning as soon as you have finished the text-part of the lesson These

response-sheets are so designed as to provide you practice material

and at the same time to test your attainment These response-sheets

are to be attempted in your own handwriting and returned to us for

evaluation within a fortnight of its receipt

5

(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be

accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever

necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to

various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic

vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms

charts of sentence patterns etc

PATTERNS OF LESSONS

Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a

month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of

study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do

not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements

Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that

sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with

the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets

and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult

and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage

There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches

HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION

For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a

position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have

however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through

corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words

as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the

sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained

in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of

new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the

pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary

portion

At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for

pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct

and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the

words and sentences

You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi

specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their

6

occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films

wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides

wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi

speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi

Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations

At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL

CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central

Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we

intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in

order to tackle individual problems

In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words

transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of

Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of

Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound

is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained

seperately in this chapter

HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS

First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension

of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a

broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference

Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce

the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY

TO PRONUNCIATION

Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound

combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and

sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script

alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch

over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the

pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion

Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these

letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters

and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the

Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the

letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT

7

THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE

TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS

Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi

sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain

or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have

already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous

lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding

from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to

assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through

examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the

section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and

reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to

assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo

contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi

sounds in various combinations

HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS

While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to

prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a

practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-

sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from

there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already

learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will

help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real

performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our

teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and

guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary

material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the

response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and

if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot

your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance

The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post

within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be

returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and

guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-

SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO

CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS

8

RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will

only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might

adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and

difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries

along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended

to

IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS

MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE

ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE

COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER

Important Information

Date of Submission of examination form

Date of examinations 3rd week of May

Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within

fifteen days

It is necessary for internal evaluation

Examination Fee

Rs 10000 for PRABODH

Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN

Rs 10000 for PRAGYA

In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-

Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New

Delhi

Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 2: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

2

CONTENTS

SNo

1 From the Directors Desk

2 A Word with the Student

3 Script Chart

4 Chapter on lsquolsquoThorough comprehension of Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrsquorsquo

Supplementary Material

5 Lessons 1 - 25

3

FROM THE DIRECTORrsquoS DESK

Correspondence Course Wing (Hindi)

Central Hindi Training Institute

Department of Official Language

(Ministry of Home Affairs)

2-A Prithvi Raj Road

New Delhi-110011

Dear Trainee

You are welcome to the Prabodh Correspondence Course

You will find here-with the First lesson-despatch Thereafter you will

receivesubsequent lessonunits every month till March next which will be the

last despatch before your examinations start in May The lesson will be

mailed to you in the first week of every month

Each despatch will be accompanied by Response-sheets which are to

be attempted by you and returned to us for evaluation We attach rather

greater importance to your attempt on the Response-Sheets and in fact it is

only on the basis of your performance in the Response-sheets that we are

able to provide you the proper guidance and further remedial material for

improvement Hence I advise you to be regular in sending your Respose-

Sheets for evaluation from the very beginning itself Marks obtained by you

in these Response-sheets will be counted for Internal Assessment at the time

of final examination

I would like to stress here that since the course of study stipulated for

the Prabodh course is quite large you will be required to put in hard work

and be regular in studying the lessons sent to you Our lesson despatch

may at times contain supplementary study material also in order to complete

the prescribed course in time

Once again I welcome you to this course and hope that our

programme will inculcate in you a new enthusiasm to learn Hindi and to use

it more and more in your official work

Yours Sincerely

(DR JAI PRAKASH KARDAM)

Director

4

A WORD WITH THE STUDENT

(Guidelines for Study)

Dear Student

Through this note we wish to let you know how we intend to plan our

teaching and in turn how we expect you to proceed with our plan Learning

a language through correspondence is a difficult task and laxity or

carelessness on your part in keeping up planschedule at any stage might

have an adverse effect in your progress Your success in making satisfactory

progress will largely depend upon how regular and consistent you are in

attending to our lessons and sending us your Response-Sheets as this will

help us to keep a constant watch on your progress and to provide you

regular and proper guidance

WHAT WILL OUR DESPATCH CONTAIN

You will receive our instructional material every month Our monthly

despatch will consist of (a) a kit containing lessons (b) their respective

response-sheets and (c) supplementary and ancillary material whenever

necessary

(a) Lesson Unit A lesson-unit will contain study material for you for one

month Sentence-patterns vocabulary and sounds introduced in a

particular lesson are shown prominently at the very beginning of the

lesson for your convenience Some of the initial lesson-units are

concluded by a section named SUMMARY It may contain a tabloid gist

of the lesson review material pronunciation drill or other practice

material

(b) Response-Sheet Each lesson unit will be accompanied by response-

sheet containing elaborate excercises and questions to be attempted by

you This will enable you to actually participate in the process of

learning as soon as you have finished the text-part of the lesson These

response-sheets are so designed as to provide you practice material

and at the same time to test your attainment These response-sheets

are to be attempted in your own handwriting and returned to us for

evaluation within a fortnight of its receipt

5

(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be

accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever

necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to

various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic

vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms

charts of sentence patterns etc

PATTERNS OF LESSONS

Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a

month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of

study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do

not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements

Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that

sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with

the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets

and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult

and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage

There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches

HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION

For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a

position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have

however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through

corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words

as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the

sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained

in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of

new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the

pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary

portion

At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for

pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct

and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the

words and sentences

You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi

specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their

6

occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films

wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides

wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi

speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi

Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations

At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL

CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central

Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we

intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in

order to tackle individual problems

In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words

transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of

Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of

Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound

is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained

seperately in this chapter

HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS

First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension

of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a

broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference

Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce

the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY

TO PRONUNCIATION

Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound

combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and

sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script

alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch

over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the

pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion

Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these

letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters

and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the

Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the

letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT

7

THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE

TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS

Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi

sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain

or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have

already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous

lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding

from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to

assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through

examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the

section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and

reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to

assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo

contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi

sounds in various combinations

HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS

While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to

prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a

practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-

sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from

there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already

learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will

help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real

performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our

teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and

guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary

material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the

response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and

if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot

your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance

The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post

within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be

returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and

guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-

SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO

CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS

8

RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will

only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might

adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and

difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries

along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended

to

IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS

MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE

ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE

COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER

Important Information

Date of Submission of examination form

Date of examinations 3rd week of May

Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within

fifteen days

It is necessary for internal evaluation

Examination Fee

Rs 10000 for PRABODH

Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN

Rs 10000 for PRAGYA

In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-

Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New

Delhi

Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 3: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

3

FROM THE DIRECTORrsquoS DESK

Correspondence Course Wing (Hindi)

Central Hindi Training Institute

Department of Official Language

(Ministry of Home Affairs)

2-A Prithvi Raj Road

New Delhi-110011

Dear Trainee

You are welcome to the Prabodh Correspondence Course

You will find here-with the First lesson-despatch Thereafter you will

receivesubsequent lessonunits every month till March next which will be the

last despatch before your examinations start in May The lesson will be

mailed to you in the first week of every month

Each despatch will be accompanied by Response-sheets which are to

be attempted by you and returned to us for evaluation We attach rather

greater importance to your attempt on the Response-Sheets and in fact it is

only on the basis of your performance in the Response-sheets that we are

able to provide you the proper guidance and further remedial material for

improvement Hence I advise you to be regular in sending your Respose-

Sheets for evaluation from the very beginning itself Marks obtained by you

in these Response-sheets will be counted for Internal Assessment at the time

of final examination

I would like to stress here that since the course of study stipulated for

the Prabodh course is quite large you will be required to put in hard work

and be regular in studying the lessons sent to you Our lesson despatch

may at times contain supplementary study material also in order to complete

the prescribed course in time

Once again I welcome you to this course and hope that our

programme will inculcate in you a new enthusiasm to learn Hindi and to use

it more and more in your official work

Yours Sincerely

(DR JAI PRAKASH KARDAM)

Director

4

A WORD WITH THE STUDENT

(Guidelines for Study)

Dear Student

Through this note we wish to let you know how we intend to plan our

teaching and in turn how we expect you to proceed with our plan Learning

a language through correspondence is a difficult task and laxity or

carelessness on your part in keeping up planschedule at any stage might

have an adverse effect in your progress Your success in making satisfactory

progress will largely depend upon how regular and consistent you are in

attending to our lessons and sending us your Response-Sheets as this will

help us to keep a constant watch on your progress and to provide you

regular and proper guidance

WHAT WILL OUR DESPATCH CONTAIN

You will receive our instructional material every month Our monthly

despatch will consist of (a) a kit containing lessons (b) their respective

response-sheets and (c) supplementary and ancillary material whenever

necessary

(a) Lesson Unit A lesson-unit will contain study material for you for one

month Sentence-patterns vocabulary and sounds introduced in a

particular lesson are shown prominently at the very beginning of the

lesson for your convenience Some of the initial lesson-units are

concluded by a section named SUMMARY It may contain a tabloid gist

of the lesson review material pronunciation drill or other practice

material

(b) Response-Sheet Each lesson unit will be accompanied by response-

sheet containing elaborate excercises and questions to be attempted by

you This will enable you to actually participate in the process of

learning as soon as you have finished the text-part of the lesson These

response-sheets are so designed as to provide you practice material

and at the same time to test your attainment These response-sheets

are to be attempted in your own handwriting and returned to us for

evaluation within a fortnight of its receipt

5

(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be

accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever

necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to

various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic

vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms

charts of sentence patterns etc

PATTERNS OF LESSONS

Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a

month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of

study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do

not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements

Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that

sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with

the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets

and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult

and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage

There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches

HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION

For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a

position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have

however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through

corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words

as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the

sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained

in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of

new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the

pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary

portion

At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for

pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct

and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the

words and sentences

You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi

specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their

6

occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films

wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides

wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi

speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi

Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations

At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL

CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central

Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we

intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in

order to tackle individual problems

In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words

transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of

Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of

Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound

is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained

seperately in this chapter

HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS

First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension

of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a

broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference

Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce

the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY

TO PRONUNCIATION

Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound

combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and

sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script

alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch

over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the

pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion

Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these

letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters

and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the

Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the

letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT

7

THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE

TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS

Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi

sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain

or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have

already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous

lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding

from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to

assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through

examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the

section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and

reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to

assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo

contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi

sounds in various combinations

HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS

While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to

prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a

practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-

sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from

there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already

learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will

help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real

performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our

teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and

guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary

material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the

response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and

if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot

your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance

The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post

within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be

returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and

guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-

SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO

CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS

8

RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will

only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might

adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and

difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries

along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended

to

IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS

MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE

ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE

COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER

Important Information

Date of Submission of examination form

Date of examinations 3rd week of May

Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within

fifteen days

It is necessary for internal evaluation

Examination Fee

Rs 10000 for PRABODH

Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN

Rs 10000 for PRAGYA

In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-

Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New

Delhi

Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 4: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

4

A WORD WITH THE STUDENT

(Guidelines for Study)

Dear Student

Through this note we wish to let you know how we intend to plan our

teaching and in turn how we expect you to proceed with our plan Learning

a language through correspondence is a difficult task and laxity or

carelessness on your part in keeping up planschedule at any stage might

have an adverse effect in your progress Your success in making satisfactory

progress will largely depend upon how regular and consistent you are in

attending to our lessons and sending us your Response-Sheets as this will

help us to keep a constant watch on your progress and to provide you

regular and proper guidance

WHAT WILL OUR DESPATCH CONTAIN

You will receive our instructional material every month Our monthly

despatch will consist of (a) a kit containing lessons (b) their respective

response-sheets and (c) supplementary and ancillary material whenever

necessary

(a) Lesson Unit A lesson-unit will contain study material for you for one

month Sentence-patterns vocabulary and sounds introduced in a

particular lesson are shown prominently at the very beginning of the

lesson for your convenience Some of the initial lesson-units are

concluded by a section named SUMMARY It may contain a tabloid gist

of the lesson review material pronunciation drill or other practice

material

(b) Response-Sheet Each lesson unit will be accompanied by response-

sheet containing elaborate excercises and questions to be attempted by

you This will enable you to actually participate in the process of

learning as soon as you have finished the text-part of the lesson These

response-sheets are so designed as to provide you practice material

and at the same time to test your attainment These response-sheets

are to be attempted in your own handwriting and returned to us for

evaluation within a fortnight of its receipt

5

(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be

accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever

necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to

various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic

vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms

charts of sentence patterns etc

PATTERNS OF LESSONS

Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a

month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of

study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do

not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements

Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that

sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with

the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets

and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult

and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage

There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches

HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION

For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a

position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have

however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through

corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words

as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the

sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained

in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of

new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the

pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary

portion

At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for

pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct

and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the

words and sentences

You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi

specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their

6

occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films

wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides

wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi

speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi

Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations

At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL

CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central

Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we

intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in

order to tackle individual problems

In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words

transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of

Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of

Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound

is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained

seperately in this chapter

HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS

First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension

of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a

broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference

Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce

the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY

TO PRONUNCIATION

Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound

combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and

sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script

alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch

over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the

pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion

Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these

letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters

and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the

Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the

letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT

7

THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE

TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS

Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi

sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain

or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have

already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous

lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding

from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to

assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through

examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the

section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and

reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to

assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo

contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi

sounds in various combinations

HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS

While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to

prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a

practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-

sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from

there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already

learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will

help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real

performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our

teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and

guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary

material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the

response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and

if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot

your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance

The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post

within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be

returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and

guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-

SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO

CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS

8

RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will

only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might

adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and

difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries

along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended

to

IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS

MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE

ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE

COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER

Important Information

Date of Submission of examination form

Date of examinations 3rd week of May

Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within

fifteen days

It is necessary for internal evaluation

Examination Fee

Rs 10000 for PRABODH

Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN

Rs 10000 for PRAGYA

In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-

Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New

Delhi

Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 5: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

5

(c) Ancillary and Supplementary material A lesson unit will be

accompanied by ancillary and supplementary material whenever

necessary It may consist of charts on consolidated material relating to

various teaching points Material for ready reference like list of basic

vocabulary phrases and idioms numericals synonyms and antonyms

charts of sentence patterns etc

PATTERNS OF LESSONS

Each lesson will give you a graded and controlled study material for a

month The lessons have been designed to constitute self-contained units of

study without the help of any text-book or grammar book Initially they do

not contain any lengthy explanations or complex grammatical statements

Technical language has been avoided as far as possible You will find that

sentences have been introduced in our lessons from the very beginning with

the help of a few selected sounds and vocabulary Teaching of alphabets

and sounds has been spread over a few lessons and comparatively difficult

and less frequent sounds appear at a later stage

There will be in all 8 kits to be mailed to you in different despatches

HOW TO LEARN PRONUNCIATION

For obvious limitations of the system of postal tuition we are not in a

position to teach you pronunciation as it is taught in a classroom We have

however tried to provide guidance to Hindi pronunciation through

corresponding approximate sounds in English using such familiar Hindi words

as have acquired a pan-Indian usage Wherever necessary description of the

sounds has also been added You can find the Hindi pronunciation explained

in each lesson under the head lsquoKEY TO PRONUNCIATIONrsquo where a set of

new sounds has been introduced In our lesson you can find the

pronunciation of Hindi words transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary

portion

At the end of each lesson we have given elaborate drill material for

pronunciation Devote sufficient time to this drill for you can acquire correct

and natural pronunciation only by constantly imitating and repeating the

words and sentences

You should also try to listen to radio and TV programmes in Hindi

specially the Hindi news bulletin and try to discern the Hindi Sounds their

6

occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films

wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides

wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi

speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi

Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations

At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL

CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central

Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we

intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in

order to tackle individual problems

In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words

transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of

Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of

Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound

is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained

seperately in this chapter

HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS

First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension

of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a

broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference

Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce

the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY

TO PRONUNCIATION

Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound

combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and

sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script

alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch

over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the

pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion

Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these

letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters

and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the

Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the

letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT

7

THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE

TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS

Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi

sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain

or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have

already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous

lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding

from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to

assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through

examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the

section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and

reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to

assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo

contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi

sounds in various combinations

HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS

While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to

prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a

practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-

sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from

there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already

learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will

help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real

performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our

teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and

guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary

material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the

response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and

if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot

your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance

The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post

within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be

returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and

guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-

SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO

CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS

8

RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will

only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might

adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and

difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries

along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended

to

IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS

MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE

ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE

COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER

Important Information

Date of Submission of examination form

Date of examinations 3rd week of May

Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within

fifteen days

It is necessary for internal evaluation

Examination Fee

Rs 10000 for PRABODH

Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN

Rs 10000 for PRAGYA

In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-

Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New

Delhi

Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 6: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

6

occurrence in the running speech and the pattern of intonation Hindi Films

wherever possible can also serve this purpose to some extent Besides

wherever available and possible you can seek the assistance of native Hindi

speakers Indian Mission abroad our Regional Hindi Offices at Delhi

Chennai Mumbai Kolkata amp Guwahati and other similar organisations

At the same time you are also advised to attend the PERSONAL

CONTACT PROGRAMMES and seminars to be organised by the Central

Hindi Training Institute from time to time at your nearest centres where we

intend to give intensive direct teaching to our students for about a week in

order to tackle individual problems

In our lessons you can find the pronunciation of Hindi words

transcribed in Roman script in the vocabulary portion The pronunciation of

Hindi Sounds is given in the chapter captioned ldquoThorough Comprehension of

Hindi Sounds amp Script-writingrdquo as well as in each lesson where a new sound

is introduced You will also find our system of Roman transcription explained

seperately in this chapter

HOW TO PROCEED WITH THE LESSONS

First you must go through the Chapter on ldquoThorough Comprehension

of Hindi Sounds amp Script-Writingrdquo incorporated in the kit This will give you a

broad idea about the Hindi Sounds and will serve you as ready reference

Now turning to the main lesson first you have to recognise and pronounce

the set of sounds introduced in your first lesson with the help of the KEY

TO PRONUNCIATION

Now go through the vocabulary portion and try to pronounce the sound

combination built up into words Remember that the Hindi words and

sentences occurring in the main text ahead are written in Devnagari Script

alone and are not normally transcribed in Roman Hence before you switch

over to the main text you must get yourself fully acquainted with the

pronunciation of all the words in the vocabulary portion

Before you attend to the main text you should practise writing these

letters and connected words on a paper so that your grasp of Hindi letters

and words get crystallized For learning the mode of writing consult the

Script-chart given in this kit With the help of this chart you can write all the

letters and words introduced in the lesson PLEASE REMEMBER THAT

7

THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE

TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS

Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi

sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain

or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have

already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous

lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding

from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to

assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through

examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the

section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and

reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to

assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo

contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi

sounds in various combinations

HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS

While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to

prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a

practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-

sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from

there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already

learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will

help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real

performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our

teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and

guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary

material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the

response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and

if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot

your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance

The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post

within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be

returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and

guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-

SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO

CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS

8

RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will

only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might

adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and

difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries

along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended

to

IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS

MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE

ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE

COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER

Important Information

Date of Submission of examination form

Date of examinations 3rd week of May

Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within

fifteen days

It is necessary for internal evaluation

Examination Fee

Rs 10000 for PRABODH

Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN

Rs 10000 for PRAGYA

In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-

Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New

Delhi

Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 7: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

7

THE HINDI LETTERS ARE WRITTEN FROM LEFT TO RIGHT WITH THE

TOP LINE WRITTEN AT THE END FOR THE WORDS

Now is the time to attend to the main text Read aloud the Hindi

sentences and repeat till you are able to reproduce them without any strain

or assistance Make it a point not to hasten to the next line till you have

already grasped the pronunciation meaning and the structure of the previous

lines Remember that with each unitpart of a lesson you are proceeding

from one grammatical point to the other and therefore you have to

assimilate carefully the various grammatical points illustrated through

examples As you finish the main text in some lesson you come to the

section named RECAPITULATION A close look at it will crystallise and

reinforce what you have already learnt in the lessons and will help you to

assess your learning Devote sufficient time to the lsquoPRONUNCIATION DRILLrsquo

contained in this section for this will train your tongue and ear in the Hindi

sounds in various combinations

HOW TO ATTEMPT THE RESPONSE-SHEETS

While attempting the response-sheet there is obviously nothing to

prevent you from referring to or copying from the main text but such a

practice will do more harm than good to you While attempting the response-

sheet make it a point never to refer to the main text or to copy portion from

there You should rely solely on your memory of what you have already

learnt you need not worry if you commit mistake here and there This will

help us to provide you proper guidance on the basis of your real

performance These response-sheets will be minutely checked by our

teachers here and will be returned to you with necessary comments and

guidance for improvement Remember that remedial and supplementary

material to be sent to you will be largely based on your performance on the

response-sheet If your performance is not based solely on your memory and

if you have tried to copy from the main text we shall never be able to spot

your weak points and provide you proper remedial material and guidance

The completed response-sheets should be returned to us by post

within a fortnight of their receipt without fail These response-sheets will be

returned to you by us within a fortnight with necessary instructions and

guide-notes Remember THAT YOU HAVE TO SEND YOUR RESPONSE-

SHEET REGULARLY AND PUNCTUALLY AS THESE ARE TAKEN INTO

CONSIDERATION FOR CALCULATING INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS

8

RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will

only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might

adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and

difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries

along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended

to

IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS

MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE

ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE

COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER

Important Information

Date of Submission of examination form

Date of examinations 3rd week of May

Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within

fifteen days

It is necessary for internal evaluation

Examination Fee

Rs 10000 for PRABODH

Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN

Rs 10000 for PRAGYA

In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-

Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New

Delhi

Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 8: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

8

RELATING TO YOUR FINAL EXAMINATION Any delay on your part will

only result in upsetting the schedule we have fixed for you which might

adversely affect your progress In case you have any specific doubts and

difficulties regarding any point in the lesson you can send us your queries

along with the response-sheets or separately which will be properly attended

to

IN ALL YOUR COMMUNICATIONS WITH US PLEASE ALWAYS

MENTION YOUR REGISTRATION NUMBER AND FULL OFFICE

ADDRESS ANY CHANGE IN YOUR POSTAL ADDRESS SHOULD BE

COMMUNICATED TO THIS OFFICE THROUGH A SEPARATE LETTER

Important Information

Date of Submission of examination form

Date of examinations 3rd week of May

Please ensure to submit the solved response sheets for evaluation within

fifteen days

It is necessary for internal evaluation

Examination Fee

Rs 10000 for PRABODH

Rs 10000 for PRAVEEN

Rs 10000 for PRAGYA

In the form of Demand Draft in favour of-

Deputy Director (Examination) Hindi Teaching Scheme Payable at New

Delhi

Central Government Employees are exempted from examination fee

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 9: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

9

पाठ Lesson - 1

Script - Chart

Hindi Alphabets

वर (SVAR) अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ

VOWELS-13 ए ऐ ओ औ अ अ

यजन (vyanjan) क ख ग घ ड

CONSONANTS-39 च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ढ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

सयत यजन

Conjunct Consonants

Or Compound Consonants

Additional Consonants ड़ ढ़

Sound borrowed from Urdu ज़ फ़ (Added withConsonants)

Language (ArabicPersian)

From English ऑ (Added with Vowels)

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 10: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

10

पाठ Lesson ndash 2

PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS

अघोष अघोष अघोष अघोष

Unvoiced Unvoiced Voiced Voiced

औरand औरand औरand औरand

अपाण महााण अपाण महााण

Unaspirated Aspirated Unaspirated Aspirated

Nasal

कय क ख ग घ ङ

Gutturals ka kha ga gha na

तालय च छ ज झ ञ

Palatals cha chha ja jha na

मधय ट ठ ड ढ ण

Cerebrals ta tha da dha na

दय त थ द ध न

Dentals ta tha da dha na

ओय प फ ब भ म

Labials pa pha ba bha ma

अतथ यजनअधवर

य र ल व -

Semi-Vowels ya ra la vawa

ऊमवण श ष स -

Sibilants sha sha sa

महााण ह - - -

Aspirated ha

सयत यजन

Conjunt Ksha tra JnaGya Shra

Consonant

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 11: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

11

पाठLesson ndash 3

Thorough Comprehension of Hindi Sounds

and

Roman Transliteration

Devanagari

Alphabets

Vowels(Svar)

sign(matra) Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation

with examples

1 2 3 4

अ - has no sign It

is always written

as a full vowel

अ is inherent in

all the

consonants in

Hindi (क + अ) =

क (ka)

a Sound of lsquoursquo as in

cutbut Hindi words

when lsquoअrsquo comes in the

beginning eg - अब

(ab) अमर (amar) अगर

(Agar) in the middle

eg-सअर (suar)

आ (-T) The sign

(matra) is written

on the right side

of the letter as

क + आ(-T) = का

(ka)

a(aa) Sound of aas in

father ratherwater

Hindi words when आ

comes in the beginning

eg-आम(am) आग (ag)

other places ndashपआल दआ

बआ Hindi words where

its matra is used

काम(kam) नाम (nam)

राम (Ram) राग(rag)

नाग (nag)

इ ( ि ) The sign

is written on the

left side of the

letter as क + इ (

ि ) = क (ki)

i Sound of i as in

bitkitsit Hindi words

when इ comes in the

beginning- eg इस(is)

इनाम(inam) इनकार

(inkar)Other places

आइदा नाइन साइकल

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 12: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

12

बइजत Hindi Words

when its matra is used

- कम (kim)दन(din)

तल (til)

Note lsquoMatrarsquo word is used for vowel sign lsquorsquo after a vowel denotes

longer sound

1 2 3 4

ई ( ी ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as

क + ई(ी)=क (ki)

i(ee) Sound of i as in

keenreel Hindi words

when ई comes in

beginning- eg - ईद(id)

ईसा(isa)ईख(ikh) other

places ndash आईना सईदा

नाई बआई Hindi words

when its matra is used-

कल (kil) मील(mil)

उ ( ) The sign is

written below the

letter as क + उ

()= क (ku)

u Sound of u as in put

full pull Hindi words

when उ comes in the

beginning eg- उसमान

(usman)उगाना(ugana)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- कल (kul)

कसम (kusum) मकल

(mukul) Note The

consonant र is an

exception as far as the

use of its matra

concerned In र it will

be written as as in

क (ruk) पया (rupaya)

ख (rukh)

ऊ () The sign is

written below the

u (oo) Sound of (uoo) as in

rootroom Hindi words

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 13: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

13

letter as क + उ

()= क (kukoo)

when ऊ comes Hindi

words when its matra is

used- मल (mul mool)

धल(dhuldhool)

Note With र it will be

written as and not

as र प (ruproop) स

(rus roos) in the

beginning eg-ऊन

(un)

1 2 3 4

ऋ () The sign is written

below the letter as क

+ ऋ ( )= क (kri)

ri It is a short Sound of र as

pronounced in KrishKrishan (ऋ is

used only in words of Sanskrit

origin) Hindi words when ऋ comes

in the beginning eg-ऋष (rishi) ऋत

(ritu) ऋण (rin) Hindi words when its

matra is used- कष (krishi) कत

(kriti) तण (trin) अमत (amrit)

ए ( ) The sign is

written above the

letter as क + ए () =

क (ke)

e Sound of a as in make famelady

Hindi words when ए comes in the

beginning eg-एक (ek) एकक

(ekak)एकता (ekata) Hindi words

when its matra is used- शर(sher) दश

(desh) सना (sena) कला (kela)

ऐ () The sign is written

above the letter as क

+ ऐ( )= क (kai)

ai Sound somewhat like ai as in angle

banglewrangle rackJack Hindi

words when ऐ comes in the

beginning eg -ऐब (aib) ऐनक

(ainak) Hindi words when its sign is

used- मला (maila) पसा (paisa) थला

(Thaila) मदान (maidan)

ओ (ो) The sign is o Sound of o as in

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 14: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

14

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ ओ (-ो)= को (ko)

onlybothboltRome role mole lsquoओrsquo

when comes in the beginning eg-

ओज (oj) ओर (or) ओस (os) Hindi

words when its matra is used- मोर

(mor) शोर(shor) लोहा (loha) ठोकर

(thokar)

औ (- ौ) The sign is

written on the right

side of the letter as क

+ औ ( ौ)= कौ (kau)

au Sound of au in owl Aurangzeb

Pataudi Hindi words when औ comes

in the beginning eg- और (aur)

औरत(aurat) औलाद (aulad) Hindi

words when its matra is used- नौका

(nauka) मौका (mauka) पौधा

(paudha) दौलत (daulat) मौत (maut)

मौन (maun)

1 2 3 4

अ () The Sign is written

aboveaman the letter as

क+अ() = क

(k+ank+am) Note The ()

(Anusvara) can now

represent all the five nasal

consonants when required

to be written half ie ()

can replace ञ ण न

and म as गगागगा

मजनमजन अडाअडा

बदरबदर कबलकबल

अ() (Anusvara) is

pronounced some what

like ngrsquo as in

singhlong bring Hindi

words when अ comes

in the beginning eg-

अगर(angur) अग (ang)

Hindi words when its

matra is used- चदा

(chanda) सीग (Sing)

बदर(bandar)

सयम(samyam sanyam)

हसा (himsa hinsa) लबा

(Lamba)

अ ( ) (Visarga) The sign is

written after the letter as क

+ अ () = क (kah)

ah lsquorsquo is pronounced

somewhat like ah as in

hurrah lsquoअrsquo is never

written as a full letter in

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 15: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

15

Hindi It never comes in

the beginning of a word

Only sign (matra) or

consonantal form () is

used in some of the

words of Sanskrit origin

A few Hindi words when

its lsquomatrarsquo is used eg

- अत (atah) नम

(namah) ात (pratah)

ाय (prayah) पन

(punah)

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 16: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

16

पाठLesson ndash 4

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonant

s) Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteratio

n

Roman Pronunciation with examples

क ka Sound of k as in kitkalkakarmakeen

keepkill Hindi words eg -कम (kam) कमल

(kamal) कल (kal) कब (kab) काल (kal) नमक

(namak)

ख kha Sound of kha as in khadi Other words-खजर

(khanjar) खग (khag) खचाखच (khachakhach)

ग ga Sound of g as in getgodowngown Hindi

words-गगन (gagan) गद (Gaddi) गत (gati)

गम (garm) गला (gala)

घ gha Sound of gh as in ghee ghost Hindi words-

घटना (ghaTna) घाटा (GhaTa) घर (Ghar)

ड na Nasal sound as in RingSing Hindi words-

अगअग (ang) सगसग (sang)

च cha Sound of ch as in chitchick Hindi words-

चदन (chandan) चलना (chalana) चटाई(chaTai)

चोर (chor)

छ chha Sound of chh as in छतर (chhatri) Other

words- छल (chhal) छलनी (chhalani) छाती

(chhati)

ज ja Sound of j as in jam jarHindi words-जल (jal)

जगत (jagat) जलना (jalna)ज़मीन (zamin)

झ Jha Sound of jh as in Jhansi(name of a place)

Other words- झट (jhaT) झला (jhoola) झाड

(jhaRu) झलक (jhalak)

ञ na Nasal sound as in pinchGeetanjali Hindi

words-पचमपचम (pancham) अजन अजन

(anjan) मजन मजन(manjan)

ट Ta Sound of T as in taptub Hindi words-टमाटर

(TamaTar) टमटम (TamTam) मटर (maTar)

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 17: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

17

ठ Tha Sound of Th as in Pathan Hindi words-ठहर

(Thahar) ठाकर (Thakur) ठग (Thag)

ड Da Sound of D as in dimdig Hindi words - डग

(Dag) डकार (Dakar) डम (Damaru)

ढ Dha Sound of Dh as in Dhaka (name of a place)

Hindi words-ढाबा (Dhaba) ढोलक (Dholak)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ण Na Sound of n as in gruntfrontstunt Hindi

words - ऋण (riN) रण (raN) कण (kaN) परमाण

(paramaNu)

त ta Sound of t as in Tarantaran (a place near

Amritsar) Tabla (musical instrument) Hindi

words - तकदर (taqadir) तन (tan) तारा (tara)

तना (tana)

थ tha Sound of th as in thingthin Hindi words- थन

(than) थल (thal) थाना (thana) थान (than)

कथा (katha)

द da Sound of th as in themthenthan Hindi

words- दल (dal) दमन (daman) दाल (dal) दाम

(dam)

ध dha Sound of dh as in DharnaDharma Other

words- धन (dhan) धान (dhan) धरती (dharti)

धागा (dhaga)

न na Sound of na as in nicenearnoun Hindi

words- नगर (nagar) नद (Nadi) नमक

(namak) नाटा (naTa)

प pa Sound of p as in pinpenplate Hindi words-

पान (pan) पानी (pani) पास (pas) माप (map)

फ pha Sound of ph as in pharmacy Hindi words-

फल (phal) फन (phan) फता (phita)

ब ba Sound of b as in bitbackbombay Other

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 18: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

18

Hindi words - बल (bal) बध(bandhu) बगीचा

(bagicha) बाजार (bazar) बरसात (barasat)

भ bha Sound of bh in BharatBhim Hindi words- भय

(bhay) भवन (bhavan) भीगना (bhigana)

म ma Sound of m as in matmattermotherman

Hindi words- मन (man) मगर (magar) मदर

(mandir) मामा (mama)

य ya Sound of y as in yardyouth Hindi words-

यह(yah) यश (yash) याा(yatra) यवा (yuva)

नयन (nayan)

र ra Sound of r as in rainrunrat Other words- रस

(ras) रात (rat) राग (rag)

Note The different forms of र are explained

in the pages ahead

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

ल la Sound of l as in lakelinelate Hindi words -

लहर (lahar) लगन (lagan) लाठ (laThi) लाटर

(LaTri) लाभ (labh) लागत (lagat)

व va Sound of v as in verywastewatervictory

Hindi words - वरदान (vardan) वध (vadhu)

वार (var) वधवा (vidhava)

श(Palatal) sha Sound of sh as in shysheetshame Hindi

words - शहर (shahar) शकर (shakkar) शश

(shashi) शाम (sham) शर (sher)

ष(Cerebral) Sha It occurs only in borrowed Sanskrit words in

Hindi Otherwise it is identical with श eg -

षट (Shat) अट (aSht) कट (kaSht)

स(Dental) sa Sound ofrsquosrsquo as in samesonsake It is

identical with Englishrsquosrsquo Hindi words - सब

(sab) सरकार (sarkar) सब (seb) सखा

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 19: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

19

(sukha) साल (sal)

ह ha Sound of h as in hathuthothaste Hindi

words - हम (ham) हल (hal) हार (har) हाथी

(hathi) हान (hani) हसा (himsahinsa) हलना

(hilana)

ksha Sound of xiou as in obnoxious It is

compound consonant with the sound of (क+ष)

= (ksha) when pronounced rather quickly

Hindi words - मा (kshama) रा (raksha)

(kshetr)

tra Sound of tra as in Chitrakut (name of a

place) It is also a compound consonant with

the soundsof (त + र) = (tra) both the forms

prevalent (tra) when pronounced rather

quickly Hindi words - म (mitra) प (patra)

माा (matra) याा (yatra)

jnagya Sound of Jngy as in jnangyan It is also a

compound consonant with the sounds of (ज +

ञ)= (jna) now pronounced as (ग+य) gya

Hindi words - आा (agya) ान (Jnangyan)

वान(Vigyanvijnan)

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

shra Sound of lsquoshrarsquo as in shrineshrinksri It is

also a compound consonant with the sound of

श+र or श (sha old type)+र = When

pronounced rather quickly It occurs only in

borrowed Sanskrit words in Hindi Hindi

wordsndash ी (shri) म (shram) ोता (shrota)

ड़ Ra These are retroflex flapped (Cerebral)

consonants They are pronounced by curling

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 20: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

20

the tip of the tongue backwards and by

flapping ie by striking with a jerk against the

top of the palate The ड़ is similar to र as

pronounced in saree (साड़ी) (saRi) Other

Hindi words ndash सड़क (saRak) जड़ (jaR) लड़ाई

(laRai)

ढ़ Rha ढ़ is similar to rh as pronounced in

Chandigarh DevgarhRaigarh Other words -

गढ़ (gaRh) पढ़ (PaRh) चढ़ (ChaRh) ड़ and ढ़

never occur in the beginning of a word

क़ ka It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words (through urdu) as fricative consonant

but now in general replaced by क only

ख़ kha It is used in borrowed Arabic and Persian

words like - ख़त (khat) ख़बर (khabar) अख़बार

(akhabar) It is fricative consonant

pronounced with friction of breathe

ग़ ga It is also used in borrowed Arabic and

Persian words like - ग़म (gam) ग़बन (gaban)

ग़र (gair) बग़र (bagair) It is also a fricative

consonant

ज़ za It is used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - ज़बरा (zebra)

ज़हर (zahar) ज़वर (zewar) It is also a fricative

sound

Devanagari

Alphabets

(Consonants)

Vyanjan

Roman

Transliteration

Roman Pronunciation with examples

फ़ fa It is also used in borrowed English as well as

Arabic and Persian words like - fat father

फ़तह (fatah) फ़स (fees) फ़ायदा (fayada)

Note- The sounds क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and फ़ are

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 21: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

21

now restricted to the learned only as also

when the correct pronunciation or

transliteration from Arabic Persian (Urdu) or

English words is desired

In common speech they are usually replaced

by क ख ग ज and फ Letters क़ ख़ ग़ ज़ and

फ़ have been absorbed in Hindi from Urdu

language and their phonetic sound is

generally similar to ka kha ga

ऑ O It is used in borrowed English words like

Doctor(डॉटर) Office(ऑफस) Dock(डॉक)

copy(कॉपी) etc

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 22: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

22

पाठ Lesson ndash 5

Practice writing the vowels (वर -Svar)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 23: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

23

पाठ Lesson ndash 6

Practice writing the Consonants (यजन - Vyanjan)

Try to reproduce them in uniform size and shape

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 24: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

24

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 25: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

25

पाठ Lesson ndash 7

Formation of words with two Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

क + ल = कल kal

ख + ग = खग khag

ग + ज = गज gaj

घ + र = घर ghar

ड No word starts with this letter

च + ख = चख chakh

छ + त = छत chhat

ज + ल = जल jal

झ + ट = झट jhaT

ञ No word starts with this letter

ट + प = टप Tap

ठ + ग = ठग Thag

ड + र = डर Dar

ड़ No word starts with this letter

ढ + क = ढक Dhak

ढ़ No word starts with this letter

ण No word starts with this letter

त + न = तन tan

थ + ल = थल thal

द + र = दर dar

ध + न = धन dhan

न + ल = नल nal

प + ग = पग pag

फ + ल = फल phal

ब + ल = बल bal

भ + य = भय bhay

म + न = मन man

य + = य YajnaYagya

र + थ = रथ rath

ल + ट = लट laT

व + न = वन van

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 26: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

26

श + त = शत shat

ष + ट = षट ShaT

स + = स satra

+ म = म shram

ह + म = हम ham

+ य = य kshay

+ य = य tray

- No word starts with this letter without sign (Matra-माा) mainly आ ( ा )

ie + आ =ा as in ान - Gyanjnan (Knowledge)

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 27: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

27

पाठ Lesson ndash 8

Formation of words with three Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + ल + ख = अलख alakh

क + ल + श = कलश kalash

ख + न + क = खनक khanak

ग + र + ल = गरल garal

घ + ट + क = घटक ghaTak

च + म + क = चमक chamak

छ + त + र = छतर chhatar

ज + न + क = जनक janak

झ + ल + क = झलक jhalak

ट + ह + ल = टहल Tahal

ठ + स + क = ठसक Thasak

ड + ग + र = डगर Dagar

त + र + ल = तरल taral

थ + प + क = थपक thapak

द + म + क = दमक damak

ध + व + ल = धवल dhaval

न + म + क = नमक namak

प + ल + क = पलक palak

फ + स + ल = फसल phasal

ब + च + त = बचत bachat

भ + र + त = भरत bharat

म + ट + र = मटर maTar

य + व + न = यवन yavan

र + म + न = रमन raman

ल + व + ण = लवण lavan

व + च + न = वचन vachan

श + ह + द = शहद shahad

स + ड़ + क = सड़क saRak

ह + व + न = हवन havan

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 28: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

28

पाठ Lesson ndash 9

Formation of words with Four Alphabets

Roman Transliteration

अ + र + ह + र = अरहर arhar

क + ट + ह + ल = कटहल kaThal

क + र + त + ल = करतल kartal

क + ल + क + ल = कलकल kalkal

क + ल + र + व = कलरव kalrav

ग + र + द + न = गरदन gardan

त + र + क + श = तरकश tarkash

द + ल + द + ल = दलदल daldal

न + ट + ख + ट = नटखट naTkhaT

प + त + झ + ड़ = पतझड़ patjhaR

प + न + घ + ट = पनघट panghaT

ब + र + त + न = बरतन bartan

म + ल + म + ल = मलमल malmal

श + र + ब + त = शरबत sharbat

स + र + ग + म = सरगम sargam

ह + ल + च + ल = हलचल halchal

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 29: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

29

पाठ Lesson ndash 10

Alphabets in Lexical Order

In dictionaries alphabets are arranged in the following order

वर - अ अ अः अ आ इ ई

उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ

यजन - क ख ग घ ङ

च छ ज झ ञ

ट ठ ड ड़ ढ ढ़ ण

त थ द ध न

प फ ब भ म

य र ल व

श ष स ह

Words in Lexical Order

अग अबर अतः अब आग इधर ईख

उधर ऊपर ऋण एक ऐनक ओस औषध

कठ कल ण खग गरम घर

चदन चटपट छल जड़ ान झलक

टकक टमटम ठग डर ढक

त तट य थल

दस धन नगर पाच

पर फल बचत भवन मन

यश रस लहर वन

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 30: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

30

पाठ Lesson ndash 11

Vowels and their Signs (Matra)

Vowels Sign

(Matra)

Mode of writing

अ क + अ क

आ T क + आ

का

इ ि क + इ

ई ी क + ई

उ क + उ

ऊ क + ऊ

ऋ क + ऋ

ए क + ए

ऐ क + ऐ

ओ ो क + ओ

को

औ ौ क + औ

कौ

अ क + अ

क + अ

Note When the consonant is pronounced without a vowel the consonant

takes the diacritic mark right slanting stroke ( ) halant eg ndash क म etc

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 31: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

31

पाठ Lesson ndash 12

माा सहत यजन (बारह खड़ी)

क का क क क क क क क को कौ क क

ख खा ख खी ख ख - ख ख खो खौ ख ख

ग गा ग गी ग ग ग ग ग गो गौ ग ग

घ घा घ घी घ घ घ घ घ घो घौ घ घ

च चा च ची च च - च च चो चौ च च

छ छा छ छ छ छ - छ छ छो छौ छ छ

ज जा िज जी ज ज - ज ज जो जौ ज ज

झ झा झ झी झ झ - झ झ झो झौ झ झ

ट टा ट ट ट ट - ट ट टो टौ ट ट

ठ ठा ठ ठ ठ ठ - ठ ठ ठो ठौ ठ ठ

ड डा ड डी ड ड - ड ड डो डौ ड ड

ढ ढा ढ ढ ढ ढ - ढ ढ ढो ढौ ढ ढ

त ता त ती त त त त त तो तौ त त

थ था थ थी थ थ थ थ थो थौ थ थ

द दा द द द द द द दो दौ द द

ध धा ध धी ध ध ध ध ध धो धौ ध ध

न ना न नी न न न न न नो नौ न न

प पा प पी प प प प प पो पौ प प

फ फा प फ फ फ - फ फ फो फौ फ फ

ब बा ब बी ब ब ब ब ब बो बौ ब ब

भ भा भ भी भ भ भ भ भ भो भौ भ भ

म मा म मी म म म म म मो मौ म म

य या य यी य य - य य यो यौ य य

र रा र र - र र रो रौ र र

ल ला ल ल ल ल ल ल ल लो लौ ल ल

व वा व वी व व व व व वो वौ व व

श शा श शी श श श श शो शौ श श

ष षा ष षी ष ष ष ष ष षो षौ ष ष

स सा स सी स स स स स सो सौ स स

ह हा ह ह ह ह ह ह हो हौ ह ह

ा ी - ो ौ

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 32: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

32

ा ी - ो ौ

ा ी - ो ौ

Note Some words where vowel sign of lsquoऋrsquo () is used कपा गह घणा

तण ग धत नप पथक भग मग बहत गार सिट दय

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 33: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

33

पाठ Lesson ndash 13

Words with vowel Signs

अ (T)

नाम पान नाक पढ़ना बरसात

दान आना साथ खतरा कमरा

कान चार गाना सावधान दरवाजा

छाता गाल घाटा समाचार थकना

झरना बाल माथा बादल हमारा

इ (ि )

दल कनारा नडर परणाम रवाज

गन सरता नध बलदान रहाई

म सतार पछला वध लखना

दन कताब पघलना दशा वशाल

कला नारयल रव शनवार सतबर

ई (ी )

दन चील माल दद शीतल

पीना बगीचा मीठा हाथी खड़क

तीसरा जनवर मछल जमीन मीठा

जीवन भार मशीन लकड़ी तीखा

छपकल मरज राजनीत रणनीत सीमत

उ ( )

खलना सधार गड़ दलारा फलवाड़ी

दकान गनगना गदगद दनया बढ़ापा

तम गलाब खशी नकसान बनयाद

चनाव अनमत चलबला पराना बनना

मधर कणा जआर पष मसीबत

ऊ ( )

मल बढ़ा सपात झठ आभषण

चहा मलभत राजदत दर जठन

दसरा माल फल कदना प

जर लटना सती छना कप

जन सरज खरबजा छत-छात धल

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 34: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

34

ए ( )

मला राकश थानदार खलना अकला

मज जल चतावनी बल बसन

उपदश लना कसर सवरा बर

आदश सना दवालय सरश सब

नदशक दशवासी मधावी अनक जलबी

ऐ ( )

मना चन बगर मला बलगाड़ी

पसा बचन वगरह पदावार मदान

ऐसा दनक बल पदल मच

कसा ऐनक शल बठना सर

कलाश मी नतक बठक भया

ओ ( ो )

धोखा रोचक कोठर मोटा भोजन

कोमल गोपाल कोयला मोहर शोभा

शोर पोशाक कोश मोची सोना

मोर जोश कोशश सोमवार सोलह

रोज जोखम बहोश रोजगार परोपकार

औ ( ौ )

मौन नौकर नौका सौरभ और

कौआ भौर गौरव मौसम सौर

सौदा लौटना गौरया भौतक मौत

सौतला शौक कौशल गौर मौका

कौन पौधा कौम कौर औसत

अ ( )

अत अडा मगलवार सगधत तगी

अगर अधा ससद चचल तबाक

अधकार बदर गध चदन परपरा

अदर मदर कठ सपादक सकदर

अबर कबल गगा दड पतग

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 35: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

35

अ ()

आख आधी जाच दात पाच

अधरा काटा टाग दाव पहचना

आचल कापना हसना धधला बास

आगन चाद सास धआ बाध

अः ( )

अतः अततः ातः ायः मशः

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 36: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

36

पाठ Lesson ndash 14

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash I

In this Lesson you will learn 5 vowels and 11 consonants These are

arranged in blocks on the left side Three sentence patterns are also

introduced in this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowel signs Sentence Patterns

अ आ (T) ई (ी )

ए () ऐ ( )

प म य व ल

ब क त न ज ह

Vocabulary

NOUNS

कमल kamal lotus

कलम (f) kalam pen

आम am mango

कान kan ear

नाक (f ) nak nose

नाम nam name

नाव nav boat

मकान makan house

तालाब talab pond

कापी (f ) kapi note book

पानी pani water

ज़मीन (f ) zamin land floor

जहाज jahaz ship

कला kela banana

मज (f) mez table

वह

वह

कमल

या

यहवह आपका मकान ह

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 37: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

37

Inherent vowel in the end of word is not pronounced in North Indian

languages but written full with the inherent vowel अ

There are only two genders in Hindi viz Masculine and Feminine You

are expected to know the gender of a noun for correct usage Feminine

nouns are marked (f) The nouns without this mark are masculine ones

PRONOUNS

यह yah hesheit used to denote nearer

objectsthingspersons

वह vah hesheit used to denote distant

objectsthingspersons

हम ham we sometimes used in the place of First

Person

Singular म ndash (I)

आप ap you (honorific)

या kya what

कोई koi someoneanyone

कतना kitna how much

ADJECTIVES

नया naya new used with masc nouns नया मकान

(naya makan)

new house

नईनयी nayi new used with fem nouns eg नयी कापी

(nayi kapi)

new note-book नयी मज (nayi mez)

new table

आपका apka your used with masc nouns eg आपका नाम

(apka) (nam) your name

आपक apki your used with fem nouns आपक मज (apki

mez) your table

VERB

ह hai is

ADVERBS AND PARTICLES

हा han yes

नह nahin no

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 38: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

38

या kya what

जी ji honorific particle (to denote respect)

STRUCTUREGRAMMAR

When यी occurs at the end of a word it is normally replaced by ई

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 39: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

39

पाठ Lesson ndash 15

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash II

In this lesson you will learn 6 vowels and 12 consonants as displayed

in the boxes on the left side Five sentence patterns are also introduced in

this lesson as shown on the right side

Vowels amp vowels signs Sentence patterns

इ (ि ) उ ( ) ऊ ( )

ओ (ो ) औ (ौ) ऋ ( )

कताब

कमल

सदाशवन

मज पर

तालाब म

Consonants

Vocabulary

Nouns

कमरा kamra room

काम kam work

खाना khana food

दध dudh milk

बाजार bazar bazarmarket

प patr letter

बहन bahan sister

लड़का laRaka boy (also lsquosonrsquo )

लड़क laRaki girl (also lsquodaughterrsquo)

कायालय karyalay office

म kram order

कष krishi agriculture

मालय mantralay ministry

मामा जी mama ji maternal uncle

म mitr friend

र स ख ख़

ग श द ध

ड ड़ ढ ढ़

गोपाल

मोहन

हद

बाजार

सीखता

जा रहा

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 40: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

40

मल mil to meet

साड़ी saRi saree

कल skul school

उपहार uphar gift

Pronouns

म main I

तम tum you

कौन kaun who

व ve they he(hon)

य ye these he(hon)

Adjectives

आठ aTh eight

नौ nau nine

मरा mera my

हमारा hamara our

Verbs

आना ana to come

करना karna to do

काम करना kam karna to work

खरदना kharedna to buy

खाना khana to eat

पढ़ना paRhna to read to study

पढ़ाना paRhana to teach

पीना pina to drink

रहना rahna to live

लाना lana to bring

लखना likhna to write

सखाना sikhana to teach

सीखना sikhana to learn

lsquoनाrsquo Placed at the end of a verb denotes an infinite form equivalent

to the lsquotorsquo in English eg ndash lsquoआनाrsquo - to come lsquoजानाrsquo- to go Thus in the

word lsquoआनाrsquo verb root is lsquoआrsquoand lsquoनाrsquo is an infinitive suffix In our vocabulary

section all the verbs are however shown in their infinitive suffix Remember

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 41: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

41

that the various forms of verb are derived from the verb root (without

infinitive suffix) eg ndash

आ +ना= आना सीख + ना = सीखना

खा+ना= खाना पी + ना = पीना

AdverbsParticles

आज aj today

आठ बज aTh baje eight Orsquoclock

इस समय is samay now at present

और aur and

दर स der se late

भी bhi also

रात को rat ko at night

रोज roz daily

शाम को sham ko in the evening

सबह subah morning

Post position

म men in

पर par on

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 42: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

42

पाठ Lesson ndash 16

Consonants amp Vocabulary ndash III

In this lesson you will learn 14 consonants as shown in the box on

the left side Sentence patterns are arranged on the right side

Consonants Sentence Patterns

च ट ठ ष ण

ङ फ फ़ ञ घ

थ भ झ छ

रामलाल (त) यहा आ

मोहन (तम) यहा आओ

पता जी (आप) यहा आइए

Vocabulary

Nouns

अखबार akhbar newspaper

अयापक adhyapak teacher

अयास abhyas practice

चाचा जी chacha ji uncle (paternal)

चाय (f) chay tea

टोकर (f) Tokri basket

डाक (f) dak post

तार tar telegram

दतर daphtar office

दवा (f) dava medicine

नद (f) nadi river

नौकर naukar servant

वभाग vibhag department

भाई bhai brother

Adjectives

बहत दर bahut dur very far

काफ kafi enough

खश khush happy

मोहन को बलाओ

म कलम स लखता ह

यह साड़ी सरला क लए ह

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 43: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

43

नाराज naraz displeasedannoyed

परशान pareshan disturbed

Verbs

गाना gana to sing

नकलना nikalana to come out

म करना prem karna to love

बनना banna to be made

बलाना bulana to call

साफ करना saf karna to clean

सनना sunna to hear

Adverbs

अदर andar inside

अब ab now

आजकल ajkal now-a-days

कभी-कभी kabhikabhi sometimes

कस kaise how

दर dur distant far

न na no isnrsquot

बाहर bahar outside

मत mat donrsquot

सबह (को) subah in the morning

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 44: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

44

पाठ Lesson ndash 17

Nasalisation Mark

Hindi has got two nasal signs one is simple dot over the letter eg ndash

क This sign ( ) is called lsquoAnuswararsquo (please see Lesson 3 for more

details)

Chandra Bindu (Anunasika) ( ) is a nasal sign for denoting a nasal

sound generally given to a vowel eg- hellipa vowel pronounced by letting the

air pass out through the nose and mouth simultaneously

It is pronounced as na in liaison (French) eg-

हा han yes

When used with vowel signs like lsquo rsquo the nasalisation is indicated only

by a dot above the top line eg-

ह hain are

नह nahin no

Conjunct Letters

Kya (या) This sound is a combination of क + या = या

या kya what

Notes on Conjuncts

Conjuncts are the combination of two or more letters When two letters

are combined lsquoअrsquo sound of the first letter is dropped Conjunct letters are

formed mainly by three modes

(i) By dropping the vertical line of the first letter स + क = क eg-कल

(ii) By placing a hal ( ) sign below the round bottomed letters

+ य = य eg- पाय

(iii) By cutting the right curve of क and फ eg - य त

The various conjunct forms of the letters are explained below

categorized on the basis of the mode of change involved

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 45: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

45

Mode

of

change

Full form

of letters

ie

consonants

plus अ

Modified

form of

letters ie

consonants

minus अ

Word Roman

Transliteration

Meaning

a) Long

vertical

lines of

letters

are

dropped

मय

यारह

वन

अछा

राय

झडी

झडी

झडा

झडा

का

तय

यान

बद

यास

डबा

सय

तहारा

अयर

जद

याकरण

नाता

शय

सता

mukhy

gyarah

vighn

achcha

rajya

jhanDi

jhanDa

kutta

tathy

dhyan

band

pyas

Dibba

sabhy

tumhara

ayyar

jaldi

vyakaran

nashta

shiSy

sasta

important

eleven

obstacle

good

state

flag

dog

fact

attention

close

thirst

box

civilized

your

(a surname)

quickly

grammar

breakfast

disciple

cheap

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 46: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

46

b) Letters

with round

bottoms

take a

slanting

stroke ()

at the

bottom

c) The tails

of क and फ

are cut

short or

cutting the

right curve

चठ

पाय-पतक

बढा

वया

चन

या

दतर

chiTThi

paThy-

pustak

buDDha

vidya

chihn

kya

daftar

Letter

Text book

Old man

Learning

Sign

What

office

Other Combinations

पका योय बचा रा गढा

धनाय भा अययन अन शद

अयास शया मलाह यवहार याम

नट हसा लय वत कपना

काय पय बध

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 47: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

47

पाठ Lesson ndash 18

FORMS OF र

र (ra) changes its form in a combination or in conjunct letters It

assumes THREE different shapes which are as follows

The small curve (called रफ़) denotes र as a half sound So when र is

spoken HALF BETWEEN TWO COMPLETE SOUNDS it is written above

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND (not to say NEXT CONSONANT in order to

avoid confusion and for an easy understanding of the sign) as in नस (nurse)

सद (sard) cold पस (purse) चच(church) धम (dharma)

Please note that in the English spellings of the words also r is not

followed by any vowels (aeiou) so r (र) is half

Let us proceed further - सद जस गम it may be noted that r (रफ़) is

being written on THE SIGN AND NOT ON द स and म as in नस सद पस

चच above because the NEXT COMPELTE sound after r is द सी and मी

IMPORTANT NOTE- If the consonant following (coming after) the र

happens to be HALF LETTER (CONSONANT) र will again be written on

the NEXT COMPLETE SOUND and not on THE HALF CONSONANT coming

after it

Examples - ईया अय वसवथ लॉस पोस

When र (as a full sound) immediately follows (comes after) a half

consonant it assumes the lsquo ^ rsquo form and the lsquo lsquo form If the consonant ends

in a vertical stroke as in म प then र (full) is written as a left slanting stroke

below and to the left of the vertical strokes in म (kram) न (namra)

lsquoकाशrsquo (prakash) reducing its preceeding consonant half in sound Please

note that in the consonant K N and P in the English words Kram lsquoNamrarsquo

and lsquoPrakashrsquo are not followed by any vowel and are thus spoken half

But when र (as a full sound) comes immediately after the rounded

consonant (the consonants not ending in a vertical stroke) - छ ट ठ ड ढ द

ह it assumes the form as in ामा (drama) ाम (tram) रा (rashtra)

reducing the preceeding consonant to half (please note that in the English

spellings of the words drama tram and rashtra the consonants d t and t

preceding r are not followed by any Vowel and are thus spoken half

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 48: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

48

पाठ Lesson ndash 19

PRESENT INDICATIVE

Observe the use of lsquoयहrsquo and lsquoवहrsquo in the following present indicative

sentences यह denote nearer objects and वह distant objects-

(i) यह कमल ह yah kamal hai This is a lotus

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai This is a note-book

यह मज़ ह yah mez hai This is a table

यह पानी ह yah pani hai This is water

(ii) वह कलम ह vah kalam hai That is a pen

वह कापी ह vah kapi hai That is a note-book

वह मज़ ह vah mez hai That is a table

वह पानी ह vah pani hai That is water

(iii) यह कलम ह yah kalam hai This is a pen

यह मकान ह yah makan hai This is a house

यह नाव ह yah nav hai This is a boat

यह टोकर ह yah tokari hai This is a basket

(iv) वह आम ह vah am hai That is a mango

वह तालाब ह vah talab hai That is pond

वह जहाज ह vah jahaz hai That is a ship

वह नाव ह vah nav hai That is a boat

INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

1 Two uses of या

Interrogative sentences can be formed in two ways viz (i) by adding

या(what) before the verb (ii) by using lsquoयाrsquo in the beginning of the

sentence

(i) Questions mark या is added before the verb to give the sense of what

यह या ह yah kay hai What is this

वह या ह vah kya hai What is that

(ii) When या is added initially the entire sense of the sentence is

interrogated It is equivalent to English interrogative pattern

Is

या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

या यह मज ह kya yah mez hai Is it a table

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 49: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

49

2 Interrogation by intonation

Sometime the interrogative participle या may be absent and in such

cases interrogation is suggested by a rising tone in the termination of the

sentences

यह आम ह yah am hai Is this a mango

जी हा यह आम ह ji han yah am hai Yes this is a mango

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 50: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

50

पाठ Lesson ndash 20

AffirmativeNegative Sentences

हा denotes affirmative sense and नह denotes the negative To denote

respect or politeness जी is added to हा and नह ie जी हा जी नह

lsquoजीrsquo is also used with names and relations to mark respect eg -

रामन जी महादवन जी पता जी मा जी or माता जी

The fact suggested by the interrogative sentence is confirmed by

using जी हा हा and it is managed by using - जी नह eg-

1 या यह मज़ ह kya yah mez hai is it a table

जी हा यह मज़ ह ji han yah mez hai Yes it is a table

2 या यह मकान ह kya yah makan hai Is it a house

जी हा यह मकान ह ji han yah makan hai Yes it is a house

3 या यह आम ह Kya yah am hai is it a mango

जी नह यह आम नह ह ji nahin yah am nahin hai No it is not a

mango

यह कला ह yeh kela hai It is a banana

4 या यह कलम ह kya yah kalam hai Is it a pen

जी नह यह कलम ji nahin yeh kalam No it is not a pen

नह ह nahin hai It is a note book

यह कापी ह yah kapi hai

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 51: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

51

पाठ Lesson ndash 21

Adjective amp Gender

Read the following sentences and note that आ ending adjectives

changes in ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun

यह नया मकान ह yah naya makan hai It is a new house

वह नई मज़ ह vah nayi mez hai That is a new table

यह आपका मकान ह yah apka makan hai This is your house

वह आपक मज़ ह vah apki mez hai That is your table

आपका नाम या ह apka nam kya hai What is your name

या यह आपका मकान ह kya yah apka makan hai Is it your house

You will note that आपकानया are used before masculine nouns and

आपकनई are used before feminine nouns Only आ ending adjectives change

into ई

Some Features of Hindi Sounds amp Structures

1 Inherent-lsquoअrsquo

Letter denoting consonants have an inherent अ sound eg- क denotes

lsquokarsquo and not lsquokrsquo But in speech the अ sound ordinarily does not occur at the

end of a word

Thus नाक is to be pronounced as nak and not as naka

In some cases this inherent a sound is silent (or faint) even in the middle

of a word Such a silence has been denoted in our lesson in Roman

transliteration by a dot () eg आपका apka

2 Stress in Hindi

Unlike English which is a stress language Hindi is a syllable-timed

language and therefore stress is not meaningful in Hindi

Stress pattern in Hindi can be briefly explained as below-

(i) In Hindi stress ordinarily falls on the long syllable eg - मकान जहाज

(ii) Where there are two or more long syllables stress will fall on the last

but one syllable eg - पानी कहानी

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 52: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

52

(iii) Similarly when there are two or more short syllables the stress will fall

on the penultimate (last but one syllable) eg in कलम (kalam) the

stress is on क and not on लम

3 Marks of Punctuation

The vertical line () at the end of sentence is equivalent to the full stop

() of English Other punctuation marks remain same as in English

4 Word Order

In Hindi like other Indian languages the verb usually occurs at the end

of a sentence The pattern of word order can be broadly described as

follows-

Sub Object Verb

यह कलम ह

5 Articles in Hindi

Hindi has no articles like a an and the of English

This is a table यह मज़ ह (No need to say यह एक मज़ ह)

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 53: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

53

पाठ Lesson ndash 22

PRESENT INDICATIVE-SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

In previous lessons you have learnt a sentence pattern where the

verb agrees with the subject which is in the Third Person

यह कलम ह

Subject complement verb

Observe the behaviour of verb with the subject in different persons and

numbers

तम कौन हो tum kaun ho Who are you

म मोहन ह main mohan hun I am Mohan

म माधव जी का लडक़ा ह Main Madhav jika laRka hun I am Mr

Madhavs son

यह सधा ह yah sudha hai This is sudha

यह मर बहन ह yah meri bahan hai This is my sister

सधा वह (m) कौन ह Sudha vah kaun hai Sudha who is he

वह गोपाल ह vah Gopal hai He is Gopal

वह मरा म ह vah mera mitr hai He is my friend

गोपाल व (hon) कौन ह gopal ve kaun hain Gopal who is he

व मर अयापक ह ve mere adhyapak hain He is my teacher

व सदाशवन जी ह ve sadasivan ji hain He is Mr Sadasivan

रामलाल त कहा ह ramlal tu kahan hai Oh Ramlal where

are you

जी साहब म यहा ह ji sahab main yahan hun Yes Sir I am here

सधा य (hon) कौन ह sudha ye kaun hain Sudha who is he

य हमार मामा जी ह ye hamare mama ji hain He is our maternal

uncle

मामा जी बड़ नता ह mama ji baDe neta hain Maternal uncle is a

great leader

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 54: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

54

पाठ Lesson ndash 23

SUBJECT VERB AGREEMENT

You have noted in the above sentences that Hindi has the

following set of personal pronouns Please also note the subject verb

agreement shown in this table

Person

Singular

PluralHonorific

Ist

Person

IInd

Person

IIIrd

Person

म ह I am

त ह You are

वह ह He

She is

It

हम ह we are

तम हो you are

व ह They are (Plural)

SheHe is (hon)

Use of त तम आप and कौन

1 There are three Pronouns त तम and आप to denote Second Person तम

and आप are grammatically plural but they can be used to address a

single person as well

2 त त (thou) is generally used to address a very junior person or to

one who is very intimate Sometimes it is used to address God Since

this form lacks suggestion of politeness or sophistication it is generally

avoided and is in limited use

3 तम तम (you) is used particularly when addressing juniors and equals

who are intimate This form is used in all such situations where

formality or politeness is not wanted

4 आप आप (you) is a polite or honorific form of address and is

extensively used in speech or conversation

5 कौन कौन (who) stands for both-singular and plural eg-

a वह कौन ह

b व कौन ह

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 55: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

55

पाठ Lesson ndash 24

Attributes

Read the following sentences

अछा (good)

मरा (my)

यह उसका (hisher) घर ह

आपका (your)

राम का (your)

In the above sentences अछा is an adjective मरा उसका and आपका

are possessive pronouns राम का is noun + का but all of them perform similar

functions in the sentences ie they all qualify or define the noun lsquoघरrsquo

Moreover all the them being

ndashआ ending they change their forms according to the ndashआ -ए -ई pattern

to conform to the number and gender of the nouns they qualify (eg ndash आपका

लड़का आपक लड़क आपक लड़कलड़कया)

-आ ndashए -ई Pattern of Hindi

(i) In previous lessons you have seen that -आ ending adjective changes

into-ई ending while qualifying a feminine noun eg-

आपका नाम Your name

आपक कताब Your book

मरा मकान My house

मर मज़ My table

रहम का लडक़ा Rahims son

जकब क लडक़ Jacobs daughter

(ii) Observe the Plural and feminine forms of आ ending masculine nouns

masculine feminine

Singular Plural Singular Plural

लडक़ा (boy)

कमरा

(room)

लडक (boys)

कमर (rooms)

लडक़ (girl)

कापी (note-

book)

लडक़या (girls)

कापया (note-

books)

Now note the Adjective-Noun agreement

Adj Noun

आपका लड़का (msing) Your son

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 56: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

56

आपक लड़क (mplural) Your sons

आपक लड़क (fSing) Your daughter

आपक लड़कया (fPlural) Your daughters

Similarly

मरा कमरा My room

मर कमर My rooms

मोहन क कापी Mohans note-book

मोहन क कापया Mohans note-books

(iii) You have noted that the attribute आपका मरा etc change into आपक मर

before a masc plural noun This change will be effected even when

honorific plural nouns follows

मर भाई My brothers

आपक बच Your children

मोहन क मामा Mohans uncle (maternal)

सरला क चाचा Sarlas uncle

Nouns such as मामा चाचा are treated grammatically plural because of

their honorific nature We can summarise this as follows

-आ ending attributes occur before masc singular nouns

-ए ending attributes occur before masc pluralhon nouns

-ई ending attributes occur before fem singular and fem plural

nouns

Locative Postpositions म (men) in and पर (par) on

1 Read the following sentences and note the use of lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo -

(i) म in

नाव कहा ह nav kahan hai Where is the boat

नाव पानी म ह nav pani men hai The boat is in the

water

(ii) पर on

कताब कहा ह kitab kahan hai Where is the book

कताब मज़ पर ह kitab mez par hai The book is on the

table

You will note that lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are used after the noun to denote in

and on respectively Unlike the preposition in and on in English they

have been placed after the nouns (पानी म मज पर) Hence they are

called post positions lsquoमrsquo and lsquoपरrsquo are known as Locative Postpositions

as they denote location

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 57: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

57

पाठ Lesson ndash 25

SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE

A ndashता ह FORM

Read the following sentences

मनोहर नौ बज दतर जाता ह manohar nau baje daftar jata hai

Manohar goes to office at 9 o clock

रहमान मल म काम करता ह rahman mil men kam karta hai

Rahman works in the mill

The above sentences are in simple present tense Simple Present Tense

form is got by adding ता ह to the verb root eg जा + ता ह = जाता ह

Subject-Verb Agreement in Present Tense

Singular PluralHonorifie

Masc Fem Masc Fem

म जाता ह जाती ह हम जात ह

त जाता ह जाती ह तम सब जात हो

वहयह जाता ह जाती ह वय जात ह

जाती ह

जाती हो

जाती ह

Now go through the following sentences carefully noting the verb patterns

मोहन कल जाता ह mohan skul jata hai Mohan goes to school

वह रोज कल जाता ह vah roz skul jata hai He goes to school

every day

सरला वनय नगर म रहती ह sarla vinay nagar Saral lives in Vinay

men rahti hai Nagar

वह रल मालय म काम करती ह vah rel mantraly She works in the Ministry

men kam karti hai of Railways

सदाशवन जी हद सखात ह sadasivan ji hindi Sadasivan teaches Hindi

sikhate hain

तम कहा रहत हो tum kahan rahte ho Where do you live

म सरोिजनी नगर म रहता ह main sarojini nagar men I live in Sarojini

rahta hun Nagar

तम कहा रहती हो tum kahan rahti ho Where do you live

म वनय नगर म रहती ह main Vinay Nagar men I live in Vinay Nagar

rahti hun

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 58: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

58

आप या करत ह ap kya karte hain What do you do

हम(m) सबह चाय पीत ह hum subah chay pite hain We take tea in the

morning

हम (f) रात को दध पीती ह ham rat ko dudh piti hain We take milk at

night

Please note the main verb ie जाता करता रहता पीता etc

undergoes certain changes and agrees with the number and gender of the

subject on -आ lsquo-ए lsquo-ई pattern

NEGATION IN SIMPLE PRESENT

Read the following sentences and notice the contrast under categories (A)

and (B)

Category (A) Category (B)

लडक़ा बाज़ार जाता ह लडक़ा बाज़ार नह जाता

व चाय पीत ह व चाय नह पीत

सीता रोज़ दध पीती ह सीता रोज़ दध नह पीती

सीता और राधा रोज़ बात करती ह सीता और राधा रोज़ बात नह करती

You will note that in the verb pattern of the Simple Present Tense

(ie जाता ह etc) wherever नह is used auxiliary verbs ह ह ह and

हो are ordinarily dropped and in the case of feminine plural the final ई (ी)

of the main verb is nasalized eg-

व जाती ह व नह जाती

व चाय पीती ह व चाय नह पीती

व बात करती ह व बात नह करती

PRESENT CONTINUOUS

B ndashरहा ह FORMS

Read the following pair of sentences and compare the meaning

म रोज़ हद पढ़ता ह main roz Hindi paRht hun I study Hindi every

day

म इस समय हद पढ़ रहा ह main is samay Hindi paRh I am studying raha

hun Hindi at the

moment

गोपाल आठ बज खाता ह Gopal aTh baje khata Gopal takes his meals at

hai eight o clock

वह आज दर स खाना खा रहा ह vah aj der se He is taking his meals late

khana kharaha hai today

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 59: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

59

Singular PluralHonorific

m f m f

Ist Person

IInd Person

IIIrd Person

वहयह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रहा ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

हम

तम

आप

वय

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

जा रह हो

जा रह ह

जा रह ह

RECAPITULATION

You have learnt the following sentence-structures in the lesson-

1 PRESENT INDICATIVE SENTENCES 2 INTRROGATIVE SENTENCES

यहवह

कलम

कापी

मज़

नाव

ज़मीन

यहवह या ह

या यह वह कलम ह

3 AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCES

जी हा यहवह कलम ह

4 NEGATIVE SENTENCES

जी नह यहवह कलम नह ह

5 A sentence can be expanded with the help of Attributes eg-

यह मज़ ह

यह नई मज़ ह

यह आपक नई मज़ ह

PRONUNCIATION DRILL

1 Devote sufficent time to this section Remember that you can acquire

correct and natural pronunciation only through a constant process of imitation

and repetition of words and sentences of the language Take the help of a

native Hindi speaker if available or listen to the Hindi news bulletin

attentively

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला

Page 60: बोध पायम PRABODH COURSE - chti.rajbhasha.gov.inchti.rajbhasha.gov.in/pdf/Prabodh_Kit1.pdf · words and sentences. You should also try to listen to radio and T.V. programmes

60

2 Read aloud the following words clearly pronouncing each syllable and

repeat them about half a dozen times

Note At this stage you need not know the meanings of all the words

introduced below All that you have to do at this stage is to recognise the

letters and pronounce clearly in combinations repeating them till you feel that

you can pronounce and recognise them without strain

Initial Medial Final

अ अब कमल

अमल नमक

अपना कलम

आ आम काम कला

आन आम मना

आज काल जमा

ई ईनाम कल नाई

ईख मीन काई

ईद नीम आई

ए एक नक नाल

एकक मल ताल

एकता बल काल

ऐ ऐन हरान ह

ऐब पना

ऐनक मना

या या -

वाय

(i) अ and आ in contrast (ii) क and ह in contrast

अ आ क ह

अपना

मन

जन

आप

मान

जान

कल

कम

काल

हल

हम

हाल

(i) ए and ऐ in contrast (ii) व and ब in contrast

ए ऐ व ब

बल

मल

ह ह

बल

मल

वन

वह

वला

बन

बहन

बला